1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
90 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
93 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
94 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
95 enum bptype type_wanted
);
97 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
98 struct linespec_result
*,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
100 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
102 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
104 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
105 int, int, int, unsigned);
107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
108 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
111 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
112 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
114 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
116 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
119 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
120 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
122 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
124 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
125 struct symtab_and_line
,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct breakpoint
*
130 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
135 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
137 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
141 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
142 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
143 struct obj_section
*, int);
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
150 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
152 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
153 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
156 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
157 const address_space
*,
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
169 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
171 int *other_type_used
);
173 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
176 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
178 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
180 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
181 insert locations now. */
182 enum ugll_insert_mode
184 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
185 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
186 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
187 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
188 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
189 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
190 returns true on them.
192 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
193 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
194 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
195 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
196 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
197 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
201 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
202 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
205 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
206 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
207 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
208 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
209 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
210 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
211 as no thread is running yet. */
215 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
217 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
221 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
223 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
225 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
227 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
230 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
233 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
234 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
235 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
237 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
245 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
247 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
254 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
257 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
258 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
259 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
260 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
261 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
263 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
264 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
265 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
266 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
272 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
274 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
275 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
276 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
277 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
279 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
281 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
283 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
284 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
285 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
286 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
287 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
289 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
291 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
293 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
295 struct command_line
*
296 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
298 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
301 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
302 current breakpoint. */
304 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
307 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
309 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
310 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
312 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
314 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
317 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
318 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
319 if such is available. */
320 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
323 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
328 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
329 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
334 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
335 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
337 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
339 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
344 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
345 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
350 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
351 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
352 use hardware breakpoints. */
353 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
355 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
360 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
365 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
366 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
367 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
368 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
369 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
370 processing user input. */
371 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
374 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
375 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
377 gdb_printf (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
384 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
386 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
388 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
389 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
390 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 if (always_inserted_mode
)
397 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
402 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
403 if (inf
->has_execution ()
404 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
526 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
532 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
534 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
536 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
538 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
542 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
543 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
545 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
546 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
549 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
552 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
553 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
556 iterator
begin () const
559 iterator
end () const
567 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
570 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
571 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
573 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
575 for (bp_location *loc : range)
578 for (bp_location *loc : range)
581 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
582 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
583 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
585 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
586 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
588 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
591 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
592 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
593 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
594 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
595 an address you need to read. */
597 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
599 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
600 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
601 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
602 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
603 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
605 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
607 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
608 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
609 reported by a target. */
610 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
612 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
614 static int breakpoint_count
;
616 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
617 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
618 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
619 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
620 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
624 static int tracepoint_count
;
626 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
627 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
628 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
630 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
632 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
634 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
637 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
640 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
642 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 breakpoint_count
= num
;
644 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
647 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
648 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
649 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
651 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
654 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
656 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
659 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
662 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
664 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
667 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
670 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
672 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
677 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
678 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
681 get_breakpoint (int num
)
683 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
684 if (b
->number
== num
)
692 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
693 evaluating conditions on its side. */
696 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
698 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
699 evaluating conditions and if the user has
700 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
702 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
703 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
706 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
709 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
710 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
713 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
714 evaluating conditions on its side. */
717 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
719 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
720 evaluating conditions and if the user has
721 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
723 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
724 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
728 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
731 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
734 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
735 condition_evaluation_mode. */
738 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
739 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
741 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
743 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
744 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
746 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
747 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
748 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
752 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
753 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
755 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
756 settings was "auto". */
757 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
759 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
760 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
762 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
763 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
765 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
766 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
769 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
771 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
773 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
774 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
778 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
779 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
780 target knows about. */
781 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
782 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
783 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
793 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
794 what "auto" is translating to. */
797 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
798 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
800 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
802 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
803 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
805 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
807 gdb_printf (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
811 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
812 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
813 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
814 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
817 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
818 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
820 bool has_junk
= false;
823 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
824 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
825 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
829 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
830 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
831 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
832 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
835 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
838 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
842 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
843 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
844 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
847 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
848 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
850 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
851 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
854 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
858 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
862 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
863 int from_tty
, bool force
)
867 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
869 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
870 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
874 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
877 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
878 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
879 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
881 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
884 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
885 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
886 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
891 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
895 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
897 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
898 const char *arg
= exp
;
899 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
902 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
903 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
904 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
908 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
909 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
910 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
911 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
912 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
913 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
914 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
915 state of locations in case of a reject. */
916 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
920 const char *arg
= exp
;
921 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
922 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
924 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
927 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
929 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
930 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
932 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
937 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
939 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
941 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
946 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
947 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
948 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
949 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
951 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
953 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
956 /* See breakpoint.h. */
959 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
962 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
963 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
966 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
967 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
968 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
969 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
973 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
974 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
975 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
977 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
979 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
980 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
985 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
988 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
990 struct condition_command_opts
993 bool force_condition
= false;
996 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
998 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1000 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1001 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1006 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1007 CC_OPTS as context. */
1009 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1010 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1012 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1015 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1018 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1019 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1020 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1022 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1023 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1024 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1025 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1026 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1029 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1030 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1037 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1038 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1039 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1040 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1044 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1045 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1046 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1047 positionally the first argument. */
1048 if (has_no_arguments
)
1049 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1051 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1052 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1058 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1060 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1061 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1067 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1068 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1069 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1071 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1072 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1075 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1078 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1084 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1088 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1089 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1090 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1091 gdb::option::process_options
1092 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1094 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1096 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1098 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1101 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1102 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1103 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1108 struct command_line
*c
;
1110 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1112 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1114 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1117 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1119 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1120 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1121 command directly. */
1122 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1123 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1125 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1126 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1130 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1132 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1135 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1138 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1140 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1141 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1142 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1146 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1148 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1151 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1154 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1156 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1159 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1162 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1163 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1167 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1168 b
= new tracepoint ();
1169 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1170 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1172 b
= new breakpoint ();
1174 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1177 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1178 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1183 struct command_line
*commands
)
1185 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1187 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1188 struct command_line
*c
;
1189 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1191 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1192 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1197 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1198 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1199 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1200 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1201 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1202 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1203 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1204 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1205 tracepoint's context. */
1206 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1208 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1211 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1212 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1213 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1218 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1219 "can be used only once"));
1224 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1228 struct command_line
*c2
;
1230 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1231 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1232 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1234 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1235 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1241 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1245 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1246 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1248 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1249 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1251 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1253 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1254 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1256 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1257 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1258 found
.push_back (b
);
1264 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1265 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1268 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1269 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1273 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1277 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1278 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1282 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1284 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1287 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1288 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1291 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1292 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1295 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1297 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1300 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1301 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1304 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any task. */
1308 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1310 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1313 if (old_task
!= task
)
1314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1318 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1319 struct command_line
*control
)
1321 counted_command_line cmd
;
1322 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1323 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1324 list of command by just typing "end". */
1325 bool cmd_read
= false;
1327 std::string new_arg
;
1329 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1331 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1332 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1333 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1335 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1336 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1340 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1341 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1342 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1343 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1344 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1347 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1349 map_breakpoint_numbers
1350 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1354 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1355 if (control
!= NULL
)
1356 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1360 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1361 "%s, one per line."),
1364 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1366 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1368 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1369 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1370 validator
= do_validate
;
1372 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1379 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1383 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1389 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1403 return simple_control
;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1411 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1415 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1431 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1433 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1442 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1451 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1453 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1472 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1476 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1482 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1487 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1493 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1497 const unsigned char *bp
;
1498 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1503 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1535 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1542 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1543 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1544 report higher one. */
1547 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1548 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1550 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1552 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1553 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1555 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1556 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1557 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1558 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1560 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1561 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1562 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1564 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1566 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1574 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1575 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1576 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1577 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1580 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1582 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1583 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1584 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1587 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1590 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1592 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1594 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1596 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1597 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1598 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1601 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1604 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1607 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1621 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1623 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1624 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1625 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1628 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1631 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1633 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1634 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1635 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1641 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1643 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1644 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1647 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1648 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1649 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1650 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1651 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1652 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1653 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1654 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1657 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1659 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1660 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1661 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1662 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1665 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1666 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1669 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1671 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1673 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1674 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1675 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1676 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1677 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1679 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1682 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1685 static struct value
*
1686 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1688 struct value
*bit_val
;
1693 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1695 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1698 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1705 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1706 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1707 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1708 to be able to report stops. */
1711 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1712 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1714 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1716 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1717 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1718 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1719 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1722 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1723 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1726 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1728 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1730 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1731 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1732 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1735 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1736 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1737 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1738 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1740 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1742 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1743 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1746 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1747 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1748 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1749 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1750 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1751 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1752 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1753 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1755 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1756 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1757 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1758 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1759 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1760 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1761 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1762 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1765 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1766 hardware watchpoints:
1768 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1769 called several times when GDB stops.
1772 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1773 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1774 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1775 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1776 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1777 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1778 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1779 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1780 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1781 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1782 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1784 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1785 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1788 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1790 int within_current_scope
;
1791 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1794 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1795 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1796 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1797 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1800 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1805 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1806 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1807 within_current_scope
= 1;
1810 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1811 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1814 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1815 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1816 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1817 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1818 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1821 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1822 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1823 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1824 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1827 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1830 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1831 if (within_current_scope
)
1835 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1836 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1837 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1840 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1845 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1846 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1847 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1848 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1849 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1850 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1851 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1852 be completely different objects. */
1854 b
->val_valid
= false;
1856 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1857 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1858 locations (re)created below. */
1859 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1861 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1863 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
1864 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1868 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1869 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1870 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1871 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1872 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1873 if (!target_has_execution ())
1875 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1876 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1877 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1878 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1880 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1881 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1883 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1884 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1887 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1889 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1890 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1891 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1893 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1896 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1897 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1898 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1899 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1900 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1902 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1904 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1905 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1906 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1907 b
->val_valid
= true;
1910 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1913 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1914 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1918 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1919 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1920 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1921 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1922 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1923 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1924 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1926 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1928 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1929 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1930 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1932 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1933 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1936 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1938 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1940 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1942 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1944 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1945 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1947 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1950 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1951 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1952 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1953 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1956 addr
= value_address (v
);
1959 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1964 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1966 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1969 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1970 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1973 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1975 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1976 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1980 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1981 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1984 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1986 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1991 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1992 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1993 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1998 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2000 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2004 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2007 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2008 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2009 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2011 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2012 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2013 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2014 this watchpoint in as well. */
2016 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2017 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2018 hardware watchpoint type. */
2020 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2021 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2023 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2024 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2025 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2026 through watch_command), so always account for it
2029 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2030 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2032 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2033 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2036 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2037 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2039 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2041 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2042 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2043 "hardware watchpoint."));
2044 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2045 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2046 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2048 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2049 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2053 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2054 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2055 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2060 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2062 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2063 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2064 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2066 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2067 "read/access watchpoint."));
2070 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2072 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2073 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2074 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2075 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2078 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2079 above left it without any location set up. But,
2080 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2081 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2082 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2083 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2085 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2088 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2089 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2091 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2094 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2096 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2100 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2101 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2102 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2103 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2104 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2106 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2108 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2111 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2114 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2115 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2118 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2121 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2122 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2123 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2124 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2125 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2126 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2127 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2128 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2129 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2132 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2133 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2134 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2136 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2137 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2138 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2140 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2141 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2142 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2143 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2144 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2145 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2146 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2147 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2148 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2150 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2151 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2155 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2156 instruction that triggered one. */
2157 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2158 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2160 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2161 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2162 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2169 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2170 that the location is not duplicated. */
2173 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2176 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2179 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2180 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2184 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2185 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2186 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2187 any error during parsing. */
2189 static agent_expr_up
2190 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2195 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2197 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2198 that may show up. */
2201 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2204 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2206 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2207 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2208 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2211 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2215 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2216 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2217 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2218 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2219 one of them is true. */
2222 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2224 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2225 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2227 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2228 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2230 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2231 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2232 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2234 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2235 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2238 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2240 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2241 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2242 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2243 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2244 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2245 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2246 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2247 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2249 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2251 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2255 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2256 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2257 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2258 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2259 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2263 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2264 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2265 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2267 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2273 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2274 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2275 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2277 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2278 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2279 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2281 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2283 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2285 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2287 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2290 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2295 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2296 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2297 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2298 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2299 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2301 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2303 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2304 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2305 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2307 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2309 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2310 to send the conditions to the target. */
2311 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2317 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2318 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2319 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2321 static agent_expr_up
2322 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2324 const char *cmdrest
;
2325 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2333 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2335 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2337 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2338 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2340 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2342 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2344 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2346 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2347 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2349 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2351 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2352 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2354 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2356 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2358 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2360 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2361 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2366 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2367 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2369 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2373 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2375 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2376 that may show up. */
2379 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2380 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2381 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2383 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2385 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2386 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2387 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2390 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2394 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2395 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2396 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2399 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2401 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2402 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2404 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2407 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2410 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2411 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2414 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2416 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2417 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2418 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2420 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2421 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2422 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2423 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2426 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2427 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2428 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2429 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2430 response back to GDB. */
2431 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2433 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2437 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2438 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2439 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2440 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2442 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2443 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2446 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2447 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2448 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2450 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2456 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2458 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2460 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2461 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2462 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2464 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2466 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2469 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2473 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2474 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2475 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2476 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2477 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2478 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2479 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2480 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2481 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2482 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2483 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2484 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2485 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2486 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2488 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2490 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2491 to send the commands to the target. */
2492 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2495 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2496 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2497 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2498 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2501 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2502 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2503 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2507 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2509 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2511 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2512 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2514 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2516 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2520 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2523 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2524 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2525 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2526 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2529 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2530 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2532 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2533 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2534 int *disabled_breaks
,
2535 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2536 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2538 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2540 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2543 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2544 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2545 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2546 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2547 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2548 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2549 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2550 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2551 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2552 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2553 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2554 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2556 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2557 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2558 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2559 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2561 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2563 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2564 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2565 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2566 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2569 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2570 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2571 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2572 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2573 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2574 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2575 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2577 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2579 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2581 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2583 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2584 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2586 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2591 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2592 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2594 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2595 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2596 || bl
->section
== NULL
2597 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2599 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2608 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2610 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2615 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2616 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2617 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2619 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2620 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2621 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2623 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2627 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2629 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2630 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2631 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2633 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2638 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2639 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2641 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2642 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2645 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2647 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2649 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2652 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2653 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2655 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2659 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2660 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2662 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2669 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2671 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2673 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2678 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2679 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2684 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2686 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2688 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any
2689 breakpoints inserted within the target inferior, as a result
2690 any further attempts to interact with the breakpoint objects
2691 is not possible. Just rethrow the error. */
2692 if (bp_excpt
.error
== TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2694 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2696 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2697 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2698 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2699 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2700 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2701 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2702 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2703 errors as memory errors. */
2704 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2705 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2706 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2707 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2708 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2709 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2712 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2713 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2714 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2715 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2717 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2720 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2721 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2722 "library breakpoints:\n");
2724 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2725 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2726 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2731 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2733 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2734 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2735 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2738 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2739 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2740 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2745 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2748 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2749 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2751 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2752 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2754 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2758 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2774 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2775 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2776 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2777 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2781 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2782 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2787 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2788 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2790 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2791 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2793 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2795 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2796 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2800 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2801 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2808 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2809 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2812 /* Back to the original value. */
2813 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2817 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2820 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2824 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2825 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2827 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2830 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2834 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2835 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2837 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2840 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2843 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2844 so just return success. */
2851 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2852 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2856 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2858 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2859 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2860 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2861 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2863 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2864 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2865 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2867 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2869 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2871 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2872 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2873 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2875 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2876 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2878 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2884 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2885 removed locations above. */
2886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2889 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2890 Throws exception on any error.
2891 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2892 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2894 insert_breakpoints (void)
2896 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2897 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2901 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2904 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2905 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2906 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2907 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2908 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2909 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2911 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2914 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2915 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2916 always-inserted mode. */
2919 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2923 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2924 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2925 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2927 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2929 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2930 there was an error. */
2931 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2933 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2935 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2937 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2939 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2942 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2943 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2944 deletion of breakpoints. */
2945 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2948 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2950 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2951 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2952 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2953 insert breakpoints. */
2954 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2955 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2958 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2959 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2966 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2967 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2971 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2974 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2978 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2979 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2980 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2982 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2984 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2985 there was an error. */
2986 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2988 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2990 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2992 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2995 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2996 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2997 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2998 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2999 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3002 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3004 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3005 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3006 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3007 insert breakpoints. */
3008 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3009 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3012 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3013 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3018 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3019 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3020 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3022 int some_failed
= 0;
3024 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3030 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3033 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3034 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3042 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3044 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3046 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3047 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3048 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3056 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3057 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3058 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3060 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3061 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3063 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3064 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3068 /* Used when the program stops.
3069 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3070 removing a breakpoint location. */
3073 remove_breakpoints (void)
3077 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3078 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3084 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3088 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3090 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3092 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3094 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3097 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3098 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3100 /* Hide it from the user. */
3106 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3109 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3113 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3115 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3118 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3120 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3127 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3129 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3130 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3131 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3132 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3133 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3134 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3136 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3139 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3142 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3143 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3147 static struct breakpoint
*
3148 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3149 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3152 symtab_and_line sal
;
3154 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3155 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3157 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3158 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3159 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3164 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3166 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3168 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3170 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3173 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3174 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3176 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3177 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3179 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3180 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3182 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3184 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3186 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3187 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3189 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3190 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3192 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3193 int exception_searched
= 0;
3195 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3197 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3200 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3201 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3203 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3204 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3206 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3209 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3211 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3214 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3215 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3217 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3218 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3222 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3224 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3225 return bp_objfile_data
;
3229 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3231 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3233 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3238 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3240 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3242 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3245 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3247 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3249 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3252 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3253 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3256 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3259 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3260 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3262 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3263 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3264 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3265 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3267 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3269 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3270 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3274 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3275 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3280 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3281 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3284 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3286 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3288 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3292 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3293 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3300 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3303 because it does not know how to evaluate
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3315 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3319 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3320 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3330 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3331 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3337 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3341 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3342 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3344 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3347 const char *func_name
;
3349 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3354 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3355 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3357 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3359 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3360 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3366 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3369 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3372 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3373 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3374 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3375 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 return installed_bp
> 0;
3382 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3385 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3387 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3389 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3393 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3395 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3396 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3399 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3400 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3403 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3405 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3406 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3412 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3414 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3418 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3420 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3424 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3426 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3428 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3430 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3432 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3434 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3437 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3441 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3442 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3443 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3445 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3446 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3452 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3453 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3454 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3456 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3457 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3458 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3464 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3465 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3468 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3472 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3477 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3479 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3480 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3484 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3489 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3490 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3498 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3501 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3503 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3506 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3507 bp_exception_master
,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3509 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3510 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3516 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3517 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3522 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3524 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3525 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3527 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3529 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3531 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3534 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3538 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3540 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3541 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3543 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3547 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3550 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3551 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3552 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3553 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3555 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3556 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3557 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3566 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3568 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3570 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3571 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3574 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3575 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3578 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3579 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3580 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3581 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3586 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3589 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3591 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3595 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3597 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3598 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3599 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3600 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3601 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3602 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3603 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3604 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3605 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3606 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3607 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3609 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3611 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3614 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3615 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3617 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3621 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3622 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3624 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3628 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3629 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3630 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3631 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3632 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3639 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3641 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3645 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3646 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3654 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3655 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3656 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3658 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3662 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3664 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3665 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3666 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3667 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3671 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3672 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3673 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3674 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3675 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3676 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3678 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3679 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3680 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3681 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3682 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3683 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3684 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3686 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3687 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3688 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3689 let finish_command delete it.
3691 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3692 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3693 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3694 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3695 solib breakpoints.) */
3697 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3702 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3703 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3705 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3714 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3717 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3718 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3720 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3721 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3723 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3724 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3725 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3727 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3730 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3731 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3732 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3733 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3734 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3735 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3740 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3761 This should not ever happen. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3764 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3765 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3767 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3768 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3769 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3771 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3772 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3773 || bl
->section
== NULL
3774 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3776 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3778 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3779 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3780 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3781 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3782 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3783 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3784 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3785 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3786 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3787 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3788 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3789 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3790 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3791 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3792 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3793 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3794 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3795 they should always be removed. */
3796 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3797 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3798 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3801 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3805 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3806 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3807 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3809 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3810 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3812 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3813 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3815 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3816 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3818 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3819 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3822 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3823 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3826 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3827 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3828 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3829 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3831 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3832 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3833 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3834 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3835 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3836 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3842 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3847 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3848 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3849 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3850 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3851 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3852 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3853 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3854 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3855 always-inserted mode. */
3857 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3858 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3859 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3860 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3866 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3870 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3871 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3873 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3874 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3876 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3877 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3878 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3881 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3882 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3885 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3886 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3888 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3892 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3899 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3901 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3904 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3905 This should not ever happen. */
3906 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3908 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3910 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3912 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3915 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3918 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3920 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3921 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3925 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3926 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3928 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3931 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3932 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3933 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3938 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3940 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3942 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3944 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3947 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3949 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3951 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3959 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3960 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3963 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3965 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3967 case bp_shlib_event
:
3969 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3970 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3971 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3972 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3973 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3975 (gdb) file prog-linux
3976 (gdb) run # native linux target
3979 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3980 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3983 case bp_step_resume
:
3985 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3987 case bp_single_step
:
3989 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3996 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3997 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4001 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4002 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4006 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4007 valid. New ones will be created in
4008 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4009 The next update_global_location_list call will
4010 garbage collect them. */
4013 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4015 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4016 insert_breakpoints. */
4017 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4018 w
->val_valid
= false;
4028 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4029 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4030 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4031 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4034 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4035 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4036 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4037 match, not program space. */
4039 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4040 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4041 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4042 permanent breakpoint.
4043 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4044 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4045 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4046 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4047 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4049 enum breakpoint_here
4050 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4052 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4054 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4056 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4060 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4061 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4063 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4068 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4069 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4070 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4072 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4076 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4079 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4082 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4083 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4085 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4100 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4111 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4114 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4116 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4117 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4127 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4128 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4131 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4134 if (overlay_debugging
4135 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4136 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4137 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4144 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4147 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4149 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4151 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4152 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4155 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4161 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4165 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4168 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4170 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4173 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4180 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4183 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4186 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4188 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4191 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4199 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4200 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4202 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4204 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4205 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4208 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4211 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4212 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4216 /* Check for intersection. */
4217 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4218 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4226 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4229 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4231 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4234 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4235 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4238 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4255 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4257 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4258 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4259 commands (other
.commands
),
4260 print (other
.print
),
4262 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4264 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4265 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4268 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4269 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4272 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4274 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4276 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4281 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4283 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4286 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4296 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4299 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4304 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4306 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4312 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4315 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4317 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4319 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4321 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4323 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4328 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4337 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4338 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4339 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4340 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4342 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4343 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4345 Return 1 otherwise. */
4348 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4353 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4355 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4356 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4357 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4358 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4359 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4361 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4363 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4367 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4370 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4374 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4377 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4378 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4385 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4388 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4390 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4392 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4394 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4395 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4396 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4397 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4398 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4402 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4405 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4406 or its equivalent. */
4409 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4411 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4414 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4415 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4416 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4417 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4419 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4420 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4421 bpstat of the current thread. */
4424 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4429 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4431 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4434 scoped_restore save_executing
4435 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4437 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4439 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4442 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4443 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4445 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4447 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4449 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4450 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4451 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4452 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4453 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4454 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4455 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4456 the tree when we're done. */
4457 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4458 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4461 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4463 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4469 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4471 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4477 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4479 if (current_ui
->async
)
4480 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4481 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4482 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4485 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4486 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4487 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4488 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4489 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4490 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4491 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4492 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4493 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4494 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4495 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4496 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4497 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4505 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4506 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4508 static thread_info
*
4509 get_bpstat_thread ()
4511 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4514 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4515 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4521 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4523 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4526 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4527 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4529 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4530 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4531 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4532 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4533 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4537 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4540 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4543 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4546 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4549 struct value_print_options opts
;
4550 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4551 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4555 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4556 debugging multiple threads. */
4559 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4561 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4566 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4568 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4570 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4571 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4573 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4576 uiout
->text (" \"");
4577 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4581 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4585 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4586 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4587 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4588 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4591 static enum print_stop_action
4592 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4594 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4597 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4598 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4602 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4603 relevant messages. */
4604 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4607 case print_it_normal
:
4609 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4611 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4612 which has since been deleted. */
4614 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4616 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4617 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4623 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4628 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4631 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4633 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4634 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4638 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4639 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4641 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4642 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4645 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4646 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4651 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4652 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4653 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4655 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4658 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4659 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4660 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4666 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4667 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4669 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4672 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4674 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4675 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4680 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4681 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4682 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4683 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4684 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4685 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4686 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4689 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4690 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4691 code to print the location. An example is
4692 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4694 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4695 to also print the location part of the message.
4696 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4697 don't require a location appended to the end.
4698 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4699 further info to be printed. */
4701 enum print_stop_action
4702 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, int kind
)
4704 enum print_stop_action val
;
4706 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4707 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4708 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4709 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4710 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4712 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4713 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4714 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4715 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4719 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4720 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4721 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4722 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4724 print_solib_event (0);
4725 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4728 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4729 with and nothing was printed. */
4730 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4733 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4736 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4738 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4739 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4741 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4745 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4747 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4749 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4750 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4754 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4756 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4757 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4762 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4766 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4770 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4771 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4774 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
4776 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4779 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4781 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4782 as not triggered. */
4783 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4784 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4786 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4788 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4794 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4796 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4797 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4798 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4799 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4801 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4803 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4809 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4810 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4814 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4816 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4818 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4819 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4821 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4823 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4824 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4826 if (newaddr
== start
)
4828 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4832 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4833 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4834 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4837 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4846 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4847 enum wp_check_result
4849 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4852 /* The value has changed. */
4853 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4855 /* The value has not changed. */
4856 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4858 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4862 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4863 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4865 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4868 static wp_check_result
4869 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
4871 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4872 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4873 int within_current_scope
;
4875 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4877 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4880 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4881 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4882 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4885 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4886 within_current_scope
= 1;
4889 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4890 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4891 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4893 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4894 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4895 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4896 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4897 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4898 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4899 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4900 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4901 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4902 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4905 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4906 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4908 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4909 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4910 if (within_current_scope
)
4912 struct symbol
*function
;
4914 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4915 if (function
== NULL
4916 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4917 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4918 within_current_scope
= 0;
4921 if (within_current_scope
)
4922 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4923 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4928 if (within_current_scope
)
4930 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4931 time before we return to the command level and call
4932 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4933 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4936 struct value
*new_val
;
4938 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4939 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4940 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4941 a mask watchpoint. */
4942 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4944 mark
= value_mark ();
4945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4948 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4949 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4951 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4952 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4953 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4954 not what we want. */
4955 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4956 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4959 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4960 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4961 b
->val_valid
= true;
4962 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4963 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4964 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4968 /* Nothing changed. */
4969 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4970 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4975 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4976 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4977 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4978 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4979 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4980 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4981 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4982 the first value assigned). */
4983 /* We print all the stop information in
4984 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4985 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4986 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4989 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4991 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4993 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4995 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4996 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4997 "left the block in\n"
4998 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4999 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5002 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5010 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5011 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5012 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5015 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5016 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5017 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5019 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5021 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5022 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5024 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5027 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5028 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5031 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5033 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5034 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5036 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5038 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5039 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5043 int must_check_value
= 0;
5045 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5046 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5048 must_check_value
= 1;
5049 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5050 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5051 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5053 must_check_value
= 1;
5054 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5055 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5056 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5057 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5058 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5059 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5060 must_check_value
= 1;
5062 if (must_check_value
)
5068 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5070 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5072 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5073 "Error evaluating expression "
5074 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5077 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5079 gdb_printf (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5082 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5089 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5090 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5094 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5097 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5098 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5100 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5102 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5103 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5104 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5105 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5106 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5107 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5108 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5111 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5112 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5115 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5116 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5117 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5118 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5120 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5121 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5122 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5125 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5126 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5127 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5128 changes. This still gives false positives when
5129 the program writes the same value to memory as
5130 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5131 it for a read), but it's much better than
5134 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5136 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5138 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5139 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5140 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5142 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5143 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5145 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5146 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5148 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5154 if (other_write_watchpoint
5155 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5157 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5158 and the value changed since the last time we
5159 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5161 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5166 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5167 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5168 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5170 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5171 the value hasn't changed. */
5172 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5182 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5184 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5185 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5186 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5187 anything for this watchpoint. */
5188 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5194 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5195 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5196 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5197 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5200 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5202 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5205 bool condition_result
= true;
5206 struct expression
*cond
;
5208 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5210 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5211 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5212 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5213 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5214 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5216 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5217 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5218 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5220 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5221 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5227 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5228 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5230 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5231 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5237 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5239 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5241 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5243 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5245 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5248 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5250 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5252 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5253 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5255 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5256 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5257 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5258 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5260 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5262 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5263 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5267 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5268 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5269 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5270 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5271 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5273 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5274 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5277 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5279 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5280 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5281 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5282 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5283 really matter which instantiation of the function
5284 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5285 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5286 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5287 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5288 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5289 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5290 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5291 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5293 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5295 select_frame (frame
);
5297 within_current_scope
= 0;
5299 if (within_current_scope
)
5303 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5305 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5307 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5308 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5313 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5314 "in the current scope"));
5315 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5316 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5318 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5319 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5322 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5326 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5330 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5332 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5336 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5337 on the current target. */
5340 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5342 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5343 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5344 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5345 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5348 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5351 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5352 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5354 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5356 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5358 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5361 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5363 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5364 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5365 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5366 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5367 checked all locations already. */
5368 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5371 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5374 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5377 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5380 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5383 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5384 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5385 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5389 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5390 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5391 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5395 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5397 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5402 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5403 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5404 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5406 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5408 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5411 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5412 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5423 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5426 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5427 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5428 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5431 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5432 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5433 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5435 int need_remove_insert
;
5438 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5439 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5440 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5441 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5442 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5443 inferior function calls. */
5444 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5445 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5447 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5448 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5449 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5451 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5453 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5455 handle_solib_event ();
5460 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5461 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5462 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5466 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5475 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5481 /* We will stop here. */
5482 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5484 --(b
->enable_count
);
5485 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5486 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5489 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5492 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5493 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5494 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5497 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5502 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5504 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5505 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5508 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5509 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5510 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5512 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5513 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5514 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5516 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5517 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5519 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5521 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5522 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5525 if (need_remove_insert
)
5526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5527 else if (removed_any
)
5528 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5533 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5536 bpstat_stop_status_nowatch (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5537 thread_info
*thread
, const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5539 gdb_assert (!target_stopped_by_watchpoint ());
5541 /* Clear all watchpoints' 'watchpoint_triggered' value from a
5542 previous stop to avoid confusing bpstat_stop_status. */
5543 watchpoints_triggered (ws
);
5545 return bpstat_stop_status (aspace
, bp_addr
, thread
, ws
);
5549 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5551 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5553 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5555 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5556 breakpoint_re_set. */
5557 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5559 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5560 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5561 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5562 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5563 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5564 function needs to be updated too. */
5565 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5566 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5567 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5569 target_terminal::inferior ();
5572 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5574 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5577 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5579 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5582 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5583 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5584 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5586 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5588 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5589 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5590 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5593 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5595 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5596 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5600 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5607 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5608 case bp_single_step
:
5611 case bp_shlib_event
:
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5624 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5625 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5635 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5636 This requires no further action. */
5640 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5644 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5645 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5651 case bp_exception_resume
:
5654 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5655 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5660 case bp_step_resume
:
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5665 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5669 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5674 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5678 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5679 case bp_thread_event
:
5680 case bp_overlay_event
:
5681 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5682 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5683 case bp_exception_master
:
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5692 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5696 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5697 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5698 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5703 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5706 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5707 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5708 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5709 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5711 case bp_std_terminate
:
5712 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5713 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5714 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5715 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5718 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5719 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5720 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5721 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5723 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5724 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5727 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5728 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5730 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5731 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5732 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5740 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5744 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5745 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5748 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5755 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5759 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5761 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5768 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5770 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5771 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5773 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5774 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5780 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5783 bpstat_should_step ()
5785 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5786 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5792 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5795 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
5797 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5806 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5807 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5808 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5811 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5813 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5817 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5819 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5822 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5828 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5829 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5831 "host": Host evals condition.
5832 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5833 "target": Target evals condition.
5837 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5839 char host_evals
= 0;
5840 char target_evals
= 0;
5845 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5848 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5849 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5850 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5852 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5854 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5860 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5861 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5862 else if (target_evals
)
5863 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5865 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5868 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5869 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5872 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5874 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5877 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5878 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5879 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5881 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5882 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5884 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5887 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5890 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5891 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5893 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5895 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5897 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5901 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5903 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5904 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5905 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5907 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5911 uiout
->text ("in ");
5912 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5913 function_name_style
.style ());
5915 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5916 uiout
->text ("at ");
5918 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5919 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5920 file_name_style
.style ());
5923 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5924 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5926 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5932 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5934 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5938 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5939 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5940 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5941 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5942 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5943 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5945 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5949 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
5953 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5954 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5955 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5958 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5959 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5965 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5967 struct ep_type_description
5970 const char *description
;
5972 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5974 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5975 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5976 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5977 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5978 {bp_until
, "until"},
5979 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5980 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5981 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5982 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5983 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5984 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5985 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5986 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5987 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5988 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5989 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5990 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5991 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5992 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5993 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5994 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5995 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5996 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5997 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5998 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5999 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6000 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6001 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6002 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6003 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6004 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6005 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6006 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6007 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6010 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6011 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6012 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6013 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6016 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6019 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6020 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6023 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6024 const char *field_name
,
6025 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6028 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6030 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6031 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6032 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6035 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6037 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6043 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6044 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6049 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6053 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6058 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6059 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6060 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6061 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6065 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6066 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6068 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6069 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6071 struct command_line
*l
;
6072 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6074 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6075 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6076 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6077 struct value_print_options opts
;
6079 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6081 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6082 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6083 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6086 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6087 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6088 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6096 if (part_of_multiple
)
6097 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6099 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6103 if (part_of_multiple
)
6104 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6106 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6110 if (part_of_multiple
)
6111 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6113 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6117 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6118 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6119 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6120 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6121 if (part_of_multiple
)
6122 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6123 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6125 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6128 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6129 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6132 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6134 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6136 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6137 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6138 is relatively readable). */
6139 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6140 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6142 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6144 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6145 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6147 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6150 if (header_of_multiple
)
6151 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6152 metadata_style
.style ());
6153 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6154 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6155 metadata_style
.style ());
6157 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6158 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6161 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6162 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6168 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6170 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6173 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6175 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6176 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6179 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6180 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6182 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6183 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6184 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6185 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6186 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6187 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6189 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6192 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6194 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6196 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6197 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6198 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6199 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6201 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6203 uiout
->text (" task ");
6204 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6210 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6211 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6213 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6216 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6217 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6219 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6220 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6224 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6227 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6228 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6230 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6231 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6233 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6234 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6235 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6236 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6237 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6239 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6240 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6241 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6246 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6248 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6249 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6250 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6251 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6254 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6256 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6261 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6265 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6266 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6267 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6268 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6269 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6271 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6272 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6273 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6274 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6275 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6277 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6281 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6282 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6283 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6287 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6290 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6291 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6294 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6295 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6296 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6297 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6300 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6301 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6302 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6303 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6304 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6306 uiout
->text ("next ");
6307 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6308 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6311 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6313 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6315 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6317 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6318 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6319 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6323 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6324 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6327 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6328 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6331 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6333 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6335 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6337 annotate_field (10);
6338 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6339 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6340 uiout
->text (" \n");
6343 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6345 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6347 annotate_field (11);
6349 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6350 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6351 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6357 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6358 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6363 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6365 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6367 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6369 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6371 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6372 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6373 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6374 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6378 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6380 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6383 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6384 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6387 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6388 bool use_fixed_output
6389 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6390 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6392 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6393 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6395 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6397 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6398 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6400 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6401 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6402 locations, if any. */
6404 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6407 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6408 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6409 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6412 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6413 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6415 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6416 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6417 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6418 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6419 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6420 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6421 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6423 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6425 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6427 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6429 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6430 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6433 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6436 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6438 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6439 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6448 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6450 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6452 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6453 address to print. */
6454 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6457 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6461 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6462 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6463 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6466 return print_address_bits
;
6469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6472 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6474 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6475 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6478 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6479 internal or momentary. */
6482 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6484 return b
->number
> 0;
6487 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6490 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6492 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6495 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6497 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6498 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6499 list are then printed.
6501 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6503 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6504 ones for which it returns true.
6506 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6509 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6510 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6512 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6513 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6514 struct value_print_options opts
;
6515 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6516 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6517 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6518 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6520 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6522 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6523 required for address fields. */
6524 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6525 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6527 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6528 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6531 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6532 accept. Skip the others. */
6533 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6535 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6537 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6541 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6543 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6545 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6546 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6547 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6549 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6550 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6551 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6553 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6558 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6559 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6560 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6564 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6567 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6568 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6570 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6573 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6576 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6577 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6581 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6582 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6584 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6586 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6588 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6589 uiout
->table_body ();
6590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6591 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6593 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6596 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6597 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6600 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6601 accept. Skip the others. */
6603 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6605 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6607 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6610 else /* all others */
6612 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6616 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6617 show_internal is set. */
6618 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6620 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6621 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6622 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6623 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6628 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6630 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6634 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6635 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6637 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6643 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6644 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6646 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6647 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6651 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6652 there have been breakpoints? */
6653 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6655 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6658 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6659 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6662 default_collect_info (void)
6664 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6666 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6667 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6669 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6672 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6674 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6675 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6676 uiout
->text (" \n");
6680 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6682 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6684 default_collect_info ();
6688 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6690 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6691 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6693 if (num_printed
== 0)
6695 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6696 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6698 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6703 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6705 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6707 default_collect_info ();
6711 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6712 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6713 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6715 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6717 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6718 && bl
->address
== pc
6719 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6725 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6726 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6730 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6731 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6732 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6736 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6737 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6738 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6743 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6744 else /* if (others == ???) */
6745 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6746 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6747 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6750 gdb_printf ("%d", b
->number
);
6751 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6752 gdb_printf (" (all threads)");
6753 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6754 gdb_printf (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6755 gdb_printf ("%s%s ",
6756 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6757 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6761 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6763 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6764 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6765 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6770 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6771 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6772 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6773 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6775 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6776 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6777 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6778 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6782 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6784 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6787 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6788 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6791 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6792 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6794 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6795 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6797 /* Both of them must exist. */
6798 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6799 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6801 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6802 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6803 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6804 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6805 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6806 other watchpoint. */
6808 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6810 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6811 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6813 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6815 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6816 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6819 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6820 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6821 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6822 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6823 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6824 become hw_access locations later. */
6825 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6826 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6827 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6828 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6831 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6834 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6835 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6837 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6838 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6842 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6843 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6844 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6845 space doesn't really matter. */
6848 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6850 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6853 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6854 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6855 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6858 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6859 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6860 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6861 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6864 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6865 const address_space
*aspace
,
6868 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6871 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6872 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6876 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6877 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6878 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6879 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6880 doesn't really matter. */
6883 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6884 const address_space
*aspace
,
6885 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6887 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6888 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6890 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6892 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6898 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6899 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6900 true, otherwise returns false. */
6903 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6904 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6906 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6907 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6908 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6909 different locations. */
6910 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6915 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6916 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6917 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6918 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6919 otherwise they don't. */
6922 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6923 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6924 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6926 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6928 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6929 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6930 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6932 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6933 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6935 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6938 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6939 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6940 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6942 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6943 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6944 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6945 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6946 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6947 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6948 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6952 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6953 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6955 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6956 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6960 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6961 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6963 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6964 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6966 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6969 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6970 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6971 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6972 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6975 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6976 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6978 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6979 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6980 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6981 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6982 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6984 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6985 have their addresses modified. */
6988 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6990 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6991 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6992 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6993 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6994 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6995 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7000 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7002 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7004 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7005 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7006 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7009 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7011 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7012 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7014 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7015 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7017 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7022 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7027 case bp_single_step
:
7031 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7032 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7034 case bp_exception_resume
:
7035 case bp_step_resume
:
7036 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7037 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7039 case bp_std_terminate
:
7040 case bp_shlib_event
:
7041 case bp_thread_event
:
7042 case bp_overlay_event
:
7044 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7045 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7046 case bp_exception_master
:
7047 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7048 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7050 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7051 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7052 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7053 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7054 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7055 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7056 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7060 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7061 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7062 return bp_loc_other
;
7064 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7068 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7070 this->owner
= owner
;
7071 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7072 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7074 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7076 this->loc_type
= type
;
7078 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7079 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7080 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7085 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7086 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7087 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7091 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7093 static struct bp_location
*
7094 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7096 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7099 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7100 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7103 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7105 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7109 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7112 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7114 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7115 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7117 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7118 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7120 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7122 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7127 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7133 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7136 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7137 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7141 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7145 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7146 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7147 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7148 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7151 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7152 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7154 static struct breakpoint
*
7155 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7159 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7162 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7165 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7168 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7170 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7172 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7173 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7174 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7176 const char *function_name
;
7178 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7179 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7180 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7182 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7184 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7186 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7187 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7189 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7190 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7191 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7192 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7194 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7198 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7201 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7205 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7207 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7210 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7212 return sal
.symtab
->objfile ()->arch ();
7217 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7218 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7219 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7221 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7222 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7223 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7226 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7227 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7228 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7230 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7232 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7234 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7235 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7237 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7238 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7240 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7241 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7244 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7245 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7246 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7247 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7248 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7249 is also returned as the value of this function.
7251 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7252 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7253 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7254 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7255 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7256 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7257 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7259 static struct breakpoint
*
7260 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7261 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7262 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7264 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7266 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7267 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7270 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7271 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7272 initiated the operation. */
7275 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7277 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7279 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7280 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7281 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7282 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7283 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7284 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7285 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7286 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7288 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7289 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7291 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7292 after their removal. */
7293 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7294 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7295 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7298 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7301 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7303 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7305 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7306 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7308 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7309 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7314 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7316 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7317 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7319 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7320 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7324 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7325 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7326 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7330 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7332 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7334 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7335 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7337 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7339 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7340 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7342 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7344 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7346 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7349 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7350 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7351 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7352 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7358 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7359 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7362 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7363 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7364 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7365 unwinding is possible. */
7368 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7370 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7373 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7377 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7378 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7379 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7380 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7382 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7383 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7384 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7385 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7386 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7387 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7390 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7391 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7392 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7393 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7396 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7397 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7398 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7399 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7400 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7403 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7404 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7405 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7406 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7407 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7408 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7409 for (struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7411 struct frame_info
*prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7412 if (prev
== nullptr)
7414 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7416 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7417 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7418 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7419 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7423 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7426 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7428 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7430 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7431 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7432 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7439 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7441 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7442 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7445 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7446 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7451 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7453 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7454 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7456 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7457 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7458 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7462 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7463 master breakpoint. */
7465 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7467 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7468 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7469 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7471 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7472 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7476 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7478 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7480 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7481 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7482 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7486 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7490 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7491 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7493 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7494 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7495 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7497 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7502 struct lang_and_radix
7508 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7511 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7513 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7514 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7517 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7520 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7522 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7523 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7524 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7525 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7529 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7531 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7532 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7533 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7534 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7537 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7540 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7542 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7543 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7544 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7545 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7548 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7549 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7550 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7552 static struct breakpoint
*
7553 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7554 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7558 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7559 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7560 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7565 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7567 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7570 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7573 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7577 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7579 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7580 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7588 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7589 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7592 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7594 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7596 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7597 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7599 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7600 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7601 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7602 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7603 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7604 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7605 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7606 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7607 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7608 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7609 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7610 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7613 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7618 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7619 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7620 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7623 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7625 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7627 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7629 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7632 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7633 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7634 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7635 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7636 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7637 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7638 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7639 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7640 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7642 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7643 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7644 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7645 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7648 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7649 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7651 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7653 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7654 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7655 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7658 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7663 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7664 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7665 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7668 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7670 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7673 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7674 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7675 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7676 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7677 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7678 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7679 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7680 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7681 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7682 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7684 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7685 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7688 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7690 int bp_modified
= 0;
7692 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7695 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7697 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7699 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7700 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7703 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7706 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7709 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7710 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7713 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7715 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7716 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7717 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7718 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7719 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7722 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7729 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7733 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7734 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7735 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7737 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7739 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7742 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7743 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7744 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> regex
;
7745 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7749 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7755 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7761 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7762 const address_space
*aspace
,
7764 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
7766 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7768 if (ws
.kind () == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7771 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
7773 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7776 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7779 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7782 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
7784 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7793 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstat
*bs
)
7795 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7796 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7800 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7803 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7809 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7812 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7818 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7821 static enum print_stop_action
7822 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat
*bs
)
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7825 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7827 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7828 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7829 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7830 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7832 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7833 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7835 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7836 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7837 print_solib_event (1);
7838 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7842 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7844 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7845 struct value_print_options opts
;
7846 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7848 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7849 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7850 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7852 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7855 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7863 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"),
7864 self
->regex
.get ());
7866 msg
= _("load of library");
7871 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"),
7872 self
->regex
.get ());
7874 msg
= _("unload of library");
7876 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
7878 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7879 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7883 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7885 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7887 gdb_printf (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7888 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7892 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7894 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7896 gdb_printf (fp
, "%s %s",
7897 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7898 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7900 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
.get ());
7901 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
7904 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7906 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7909 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
7911 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7915 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7917 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
7921 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
7922 _("Invalid regexp")));
7923 c
->regex
= make_unique_xstrdup (arg
);
7926 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7927 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7928 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7930 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7932 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
7935 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7939 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7940 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7942 const int enabled
= 1;
7943 bool temp
= command
->context () == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7945 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
7949 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7950 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7952 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7956 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7957 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7959 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7962 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7965 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7966 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
7967 const char *cond_string
,
7968 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7970 symtab_and_line sal
;
7971 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7973 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
7975 if (cond_string
== nullptr)
7976 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
7978 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string
);
7979 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7983 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
7985 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
7986 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7987 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
7988 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
7991 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
7994 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7998 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8002 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8003 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8004 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8006 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8008 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8014 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8018 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8022 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8025 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8027 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8029 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8035 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8036 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8037 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8038 types _not_ TYPE. */
8041 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8042 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8046 *other_type_used
= 0;
8047 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8054 if (b
->type
== type
)
8055 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8056 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8057 *other_type_used
= 1;
8064 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8066 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8067 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8069 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8070 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8075 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8077 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8078 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8080 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8081 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8086 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8088 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8089 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8093 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8095 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8096 breakpoint_re_set ();
8099 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8102 static struct breakpoint
*
8103 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8105 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8107 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8108 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8110 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8111 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8114 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8116 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8119 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8120 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8124 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8125 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8129 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8131 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8133 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8134 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8135 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8136 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8138 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8140 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8142 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8145 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8146 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8147 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8149 static struct breakpoint
*
8150 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8155 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8157 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8158 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8159 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8161 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8162 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8163 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8164 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8165 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8166 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8167 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8168 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8169 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8170 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8171 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8172 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8174 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8175 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8176 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8178 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8182 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8186 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8188 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8192 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8196 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8199 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8201 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8203 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8204 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8206 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8210 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8213 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8215 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8216 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8220 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8222 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8224 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8225 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8226 address is in read-only memory.
8228 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8229 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8231 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8232 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8233 memory map changed, so we undo.
8237 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8239 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8240 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8241 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8242 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8244 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8245 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8246 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8247 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8248 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8252 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8254 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8255 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8257 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8259 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8261 static bool said
= false;
8263 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8266 gdb_printf (_("Note: automatically using "
8267 "hardware breakpoints for "
8268 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8276 static struct bp_location
*
8277 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8278 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8280 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8281 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8282 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8284 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8285 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8287 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8288 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8289 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8290 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8291 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8292 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8293 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8296 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8297 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8298 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8299 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8304 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8305 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8306 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8307 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8308 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8309 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8310 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8311 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8312 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8313 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8314 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8315 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8316 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8318 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8320 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8321 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8322 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8323 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8324 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8325 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8326 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8327 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8328 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8329 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8330 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8331 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8333 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8340 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8341 return false otherwise. */
8344 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8346 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8348 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8349 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8350 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8351 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8353 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8356 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8357 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8358 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8361 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8362 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8365 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8367 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8368 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8373 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8375 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8377 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8379 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8381 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8382 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8384 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8385 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8386 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8388 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8389 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8391 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8392 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8393 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8394 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8397 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8398 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8401 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8403 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8404 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8407 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8408 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8412 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8413 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8415 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8417 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8418 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8419 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8420 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8421 command_lines_deleter ()));
8424 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8425 current style settings. */
8428 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8429 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8431 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8432 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8433 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8436 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8437 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8438 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8439 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8442 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8443 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8444 event_location_up
&&location
,
8445 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8446 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8447 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8448 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8449 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8450 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8451 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8452 int display_canonical
)
8456 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8458 int target_resources_ok
;
8460 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8461 target_resources_ok
=
8462 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8464 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8465 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8466 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8467 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8470 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8472 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8474 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8478 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8480 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8482 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8483 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8486 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8488 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8492 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
8493 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
8494 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8495 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8496 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8498 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8499 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8501 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8503 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8504 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8506 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8508 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8509 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8511 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8514 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8516 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8518 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8520 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8522 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8524 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8526 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8528 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8530 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8533 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8534 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8541 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8542 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8546 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8547 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8548 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8550 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8551 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8552 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8554 if (b
->extra_string
)
8555 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8557 error (_("Format string required"));
8559 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8560 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
.get ());
8564 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8565 condition using the location's number. */
8567 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8569 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8570 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
.get (), loc
,
8571 b
->number
, loc_num
);
8576 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8577 if (location
!= NULL
)
8578 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8580 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8581 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8585 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8586 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8587 event_location_up
&&location
,
8588 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8589 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8590 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8591 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8592 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8593 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8594 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8595 int display_canonical
)
8597 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8599 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8600 sals
, std::move (location
),
8602 std::move (cond_string
),
8603 std::move (extra_string
),
8605 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8607 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8610 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8613 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8614 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8615 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8616 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8617 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8618 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8619 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8620 we take just a single condition string.
8622 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8623 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8624 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8625 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8626 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8629 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8630 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8631 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8632 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8633 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8634 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8635 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8636 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8638 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8639 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8641 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8643 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8644 'break', without arguments. */
8645 event_location_up location
8646 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8647 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8648 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8649 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8651 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8652 std::move (location
),
8653 std::move (filter_string
),
8654 std::move (cond_string
),
8655 std::move (extra_string
),
8657 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8658 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8659 canonical
->special_display
);
8663 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8664 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8665 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8666 linespec locations).
8668 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8669 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8672 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
8673 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8675 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8677 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8679 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8683 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8684 breakpoint address. */
8685 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8687 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8688 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8689 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8690 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8691 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8692 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8693 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8695 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8697 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8698 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8699 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8700 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8701 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8703 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8705 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8707 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8709 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8713 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8717 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8718 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8719 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8720 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8722 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8723 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8724 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8725 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8727 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8729 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8730 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8734 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8737 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8738 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8739 get_last_displayed_line (),
8740 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8745 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8746 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8750 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8751 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8754 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8756 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8757 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8760 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8761 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8762 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8763 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8764 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8768 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8769 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8771 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8773 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8775 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8776 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8777 associated with SAL. */
8781 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8782 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8783 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8787 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8788 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8789 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8790 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8791 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8792 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8795 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8796 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8797 int *thread
, int *task
,
8798 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8800 cond_string
->reset ();
8808 const char *end_tok
;
8810 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8811 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8813 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8815 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8817 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8821 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8823 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8825 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8827 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8830 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8832 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8837 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8840 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8842 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8847 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8850 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8853 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8855 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8856 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8859 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8864 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8866 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8867 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8868 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8873 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8877 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8881 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8882 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8883 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8884 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8887 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8889 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8890 int *thread
, int *task
,
8891 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8893 int num_failures
= 0;
8894 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8896 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8899 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8901 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8902 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8903 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8904 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8905 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8906 condition in the context of each sal. */
8909 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8910 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8911 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8912 *thread
= thread_id
;
8914 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8917 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8920 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8921 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8927 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8929 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8930 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8932 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8935 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8937 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8939 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8941 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8942 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8943 if (markers
.empty ())
8944 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8945 marker_str
.c_str ());
8947 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8948 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8950 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8952 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8953 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8954 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8961 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8962 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8964 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8965 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
8970 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8971 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8973 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8977 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8978 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8980 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8984 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8986 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8987 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
8990 if (location
!= nullptr)
8991 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
8992 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
8993 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8996 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8999 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9000 struct event_location
*location
,
9001 const char *cond_string
,
9002 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9003 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9004 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9006 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9008 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9011 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9014 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9016 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9018 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9019 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9020 extra_string
= NULL
;
9024 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9026 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9028 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9030 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9032 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9035 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9038 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9040 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9041 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9042 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9043 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9044 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9047 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9048 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9049 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9050 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9057 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9060 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9061 are ok for the target. */
9064 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9065 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9068 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9069 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9071 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9072 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9075 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9076 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9080 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9081 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9085 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
9086 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9088 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9090 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9091 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9092 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9093 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9097 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9098 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9099 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9101 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9102 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9103 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9104 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9105 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9107 int num_failures
= 0;
9108 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9109 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9111 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9114 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9115 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9118 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9121 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9122 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9128 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9130 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9131 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9133 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9136 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9137 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9138 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9140 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9141 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9142 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9146 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9148 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9149 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9152 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9155 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9156 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9157 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9162 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9163 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9164 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9166 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9167 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9168 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9169 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9170 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9171 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9172 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9174 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9177 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9179 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9180 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9181 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9184 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9189 /* Set a breakpoint.
9190 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9191 condition, and thread.
9192 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9193 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9197 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9199 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9200 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9201 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9204 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9205 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9206 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9208 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9210 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9211 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9212 0 /* Ignore count */,
9213 pending_break_support
,
9221 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9224 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9228 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9230 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9231 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9232 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9235 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9236 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9237 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9238 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9241 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9243 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9244 const struct block
*b
;
9247 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9248 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9251 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9254 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile ());
9255 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->objfile ());
9259 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9260 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9261 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9262 happen in assembly source). */
9264 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9265 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9267 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9269 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9276 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9278 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9282 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9284 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9288 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9290 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9294 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9296 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9300 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9302 gdb_printf (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9303 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9304 stop at <line>\n"));
9308 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9314 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9316 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9319 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9320 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9321 function/method name. */
9322 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9324 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9329 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9331 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9335 gdb_printf (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9337 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9341 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9345 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9349 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9352 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9353 it is probably a line number. */
9354 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9356 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9361 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9363 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9367 gdb_printf (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9369 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9372 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9373 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9374 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9378 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9380 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9382 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9383 the next character must be ','. */
9386 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9387 error (_("Format string required"));
9390 /* Skip the comma. */
9395 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9397 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9399 0 /* Ignore count */,
9400 pending_break_support
,
9401 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9409 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9411 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9414 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9415 ranged breakpoints. */
9418 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9419 const address_space
*aspace
,
9421 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9423 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9424 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9427 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9428 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9431 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9432 ranged breakpoints. */
9435 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9437 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9440 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9441 ranged breakpoints. */
9443 static enum print_stop_action
9444 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9446 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9447 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9448 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9450 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9452 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9453 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9455 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9457 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9459 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9460 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9462 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9463 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9465 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9466 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9467 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9469 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9472 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9475 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9476 ranged breakpoints. */
9479 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9480 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9482 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9483 struct value_print_options opts
;
9484 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9486 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9487 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9489 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9491 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9492 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9493 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9494 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9496 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9500 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9501 ranged breakpoints. */
9504 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9505 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9507 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9508 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9513 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9514 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9516 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9517 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9518 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9519 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9520 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9524 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9525 ranged breakpoints. */
9528 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9530 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9531 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9534 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9536 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9537 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9538 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9541 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9542 ranged breakpoints. */
9545 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9547 gdb_printf (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9548 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9549 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9550 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9555 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9557 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9558 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9559 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9560 last instruction of the given line. */
9563 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9567 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9568 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9569 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9576 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9578 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9580 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9587 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9590 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9592 const char *arg_start
;
9593 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9594 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9596 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9598 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9599 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9600 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9602 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9603 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9604 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9607 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9609 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9610 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9611 error(_("No address range specified."));
9614 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9616 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9619 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9620 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9621 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9623 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9625 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9626 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9627 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9629 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9630 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9632 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9633 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9635 /* Parse the end location. */
9639 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9640 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9641 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9642 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9643 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9644 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9646 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9647 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9648 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9650 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9651 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9653 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9654 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9655 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9656 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9658 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9660 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9661 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9662 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9664 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9666 /* Length overflowed. */
9667 error (_("Address range too large."));
9668 else if (length
== 1)
9670 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9671 the `hbreak' command. */
9672 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9677 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9678 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9679 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9680 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9681 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9682 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9683 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9684 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9685 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9688 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9689 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9692 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9693 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9694 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9698 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9700 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9703 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9706 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9708 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9710 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9711 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9713 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9714 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9715 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9716 are loaded and unloaded.
9718 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9719 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9720 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9721 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9722 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9723 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9725 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9726 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9727 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9728 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9730 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9731 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9733 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9734 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9735 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
9738 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9741 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9743 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9744 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9746 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9747 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9750 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9753 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9755 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9756 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9758 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9759 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9763 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9764 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9765 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9767 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9768 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9770 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9771 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9772 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9773 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9774 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9775 (did not match the data address). */
9776 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9777 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9784 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9786 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9788 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9791 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9792 hardware watchpoints. */
9795 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9797 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9798 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9800 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9803 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9804 hardware watchpoints. */
9807 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9809 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9810 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9813 static enum print_stop_action
9814 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9816 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9817 enum print_stop_action result
;
9818 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9819 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9821 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9823 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9824 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9826 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9827 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9831 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9835 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9836 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9838 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9840 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9841 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9842 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9843 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9844 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9845 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9846 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9848 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9849 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9852 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9853 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9855 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9857 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9858 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9859 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9860 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9862 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9865 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9866 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9868 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9871 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9873 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9874 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9875 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9876 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9877 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9882 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9885 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9886 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9887 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9889 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9890 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9892 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9895 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9901 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9905 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9907 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9908 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9909 const char *tuple_name
;
9914 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9917 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9918 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9921 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9922 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9923 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9925 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9926 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9927 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9931 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9934 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9935 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
9937 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9940 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9944 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9946 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9952 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9954 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9955 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9957 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9958 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9961 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9962 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9965 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9966 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9969 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
9973 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
9975 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9977 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9983 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9985 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9987 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9988 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9991 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9993 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9995 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9996 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9999 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10000 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10003 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10005 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10007 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10008 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10011 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10012 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10015 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10017 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10019 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10022 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10023 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10026 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10031 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10032 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10034 static enum print_stop_action
10035 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
10037 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10038 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10040 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10041 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10043 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10044 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10048 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10049 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10050 uiout
->field_string
10051 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10054 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10055 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10056 uiout
->field_string
10057 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10060 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10061 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10062 uiout
->field_string
10064 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10067 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10068 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10072 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10073 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10074 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10075 uiout
->text ("\n");
10077 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10078 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10081 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10082 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10085 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10086 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10088 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10090 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10091 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10093 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10094 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10095 uiout
->text ("\n");
10098 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10102 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10104 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10105 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10106 const char *tuple_name
;
10110 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10111 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10112 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10114 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10115 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10116 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10118 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10119 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10120 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10123 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10124 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10127 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10128 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10129 uiout
->text (": ");
10130 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10133 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10134 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10137 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10143 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10144 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
10146 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10147 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
10149 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10150 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
10153 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10154 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10157 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
.get (),
10158 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10159 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10162 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10164 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10166 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10169 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10171 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10174 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10175 hw_read: watch read,
10176 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10178 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10179 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10181 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10182 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10183 struct value
*result
;
10184 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10185 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10186 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10187 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10189 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10190 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10191 enum bptype bp_type
;
10193 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10194 the hardware watchpoint. */
10195 bool use_mask
= false;
10196 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10199 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10200 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10202 const char *value_start
;
10204 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10206 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10207 of the arguments string. */
10208 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10210 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10211 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10214 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10215 This is the value of the parameter. */
10216 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10218 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10220 /* Skip whitespace. */
10221 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10226 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10227 This is the parameter itself. */
10228 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10231 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10233 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10235 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10236 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10237 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10238 only in a specific thread. */
10242 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10244 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10245 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10247 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10248 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10249 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10251 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10253 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
10257 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
10258 if (tmp
== value_start
)
10259 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
10260 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
10261 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
10263 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10265 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10266 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10268 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10271 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10273 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10275 mark
= value_mark ();
10276 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10277 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10278 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10281 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10284 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10285 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10292 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10293 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10295 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10296 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10297 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10298 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10300 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10301 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10303 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10306 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10307 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10311 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10312 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10314 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10317 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10318 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10319 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10320 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10323 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10325 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10326 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10334 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10335 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10336 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10340 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10343 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10344 else if (ret
== -2)
10345 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10348 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10349 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10351 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10352 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10354 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10355 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10357 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10358 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10359 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10361 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10362 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10363 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10368 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10370 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10372 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10374 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10376 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10377 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10378 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10379 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10380 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10382 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10384 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10386 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10387 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10390 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10391 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10392 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10394 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10397 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10399 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10400 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10402 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10403 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10405 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10406 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10407 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10408 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10409 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10410 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10411 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10415 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10416 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10417 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10418 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10420 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10421 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10422 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10423 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10425 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10427 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10430 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10431 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10433 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10434 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10435 w
->thread
= thread
;
10437 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10438 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10439 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10440 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10441 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10444 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10445 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10447 w
->exp_string_reparse
10448 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10450 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10451 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10454 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10458 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10463 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10464 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10465 w
->val_valid
= true;
10469 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10471 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10473 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10475 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10476 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10480 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10481 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10484 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10486 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10487 need to act on them together. */
10488 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10489 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10492 if (!just_location
)
10493 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10495 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10496 that should be inserted. */
10497 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10499 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10502 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10503 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10506 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10508 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10510 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10511 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10514 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10515 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10517 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10518 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10519 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10520 hardware watchpoint.
10522 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10523 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10524 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10525 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10526 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10527 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10528 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10529 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10530 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10532 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10533 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10534 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10535 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10536 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10538 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10540 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10542 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10543 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10544 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10545 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10546 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10547 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10551 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10552 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10553 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10555 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10556 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10557 middle of some value chain. */
10559 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10560 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10562 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10566 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10567 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10568 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10570 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10574 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10578 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10579 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10580 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10581 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10582 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10585 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10586 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10587 return found_memory_cnt
;
10591 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10593 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10596 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10598 struct watch_options
10600 /* For -location. */
10601 bool location
= false;
10604 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10606 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10607 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10608 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10609 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10610 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10612 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10613 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10614 please, don't do that! */
10616 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10617 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10619 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10621 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10622 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10626 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10629 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10630 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10632 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10635 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10636 calls watch_command_1. */
10639 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10641 watch_options opts
;
10642 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10643 gdb::option::process_options
10644 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10645 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10648 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10651 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10653 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10654 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10655 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10657 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10658 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10659 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10662 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10663 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10667 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10669 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10673 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10675 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10679 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10681 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10685 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10687 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10691 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10693 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10697 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10698 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10701 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10703 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10706 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10707 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10708 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10710 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10711 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10712 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10714 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10718 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10719 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10720 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10723 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10724 until(location)/advance commands. */
10727 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10729 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10730 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10731 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10740 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10741 until(location)/advance commands. */
10744 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10746 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10747 breakpoints
.clear ();
10748 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10751 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10752 until(location)/advance commands. */
10754 enum async_reply_reason
10755 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10757 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10761 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10763 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10764 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10765 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10766 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10768 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10770 clear_proceed_status (0);
10772 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10775 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10777 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10778 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10779 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10780 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10781 get_last_displayed_line ())
10782 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10786 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10789 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10791 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10792 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10794 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10795 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10796 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10799 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10800 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10801 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10802 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10804 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10807 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10809 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10811 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10813 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10814 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10816 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10817 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10818 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10820 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10821 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10822 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10823 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10825 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
10826 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10829 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10832 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10833 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10834 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10835 very same frame. */
10836 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10838 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10840 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10842 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10843 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10844 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10845 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10849 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10850 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10851 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10854 lj_deleter
->release ();
10856 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10860 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10861 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10862 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10863 const char *addr_string
,
10864 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10871 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10873 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10875 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10876 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10877 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10878 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10879 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10880 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10881 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10882 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10883 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10884 enough for now, though. */
10887 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
10889 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10890 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10891 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
10892 language_def (language_ada
));
10893 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10898 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10901 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10903 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10904 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10906 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10908 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10911 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10915 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10918 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10921 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10925 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10926 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10927 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10931 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10932 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10933 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10935 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10939 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10940 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10941 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10942 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10943 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10944 error (_("No source file specified."));
10950 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10951 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10952 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10953 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10955 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10956 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10957 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10958 due to optimization, all in one block.
10960 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10961 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10962 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10963 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10964 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10965 to support that. */
10967 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10968 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10969 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10972 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10973 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10975 const char *sal_fullname
;
10977 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10978 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10979 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10982 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10987 1 0 <can't happen> */
10989 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10990 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10992 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10993 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10996 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10997 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10999 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11001 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11002 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11003 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11005 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11006 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11007 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11008 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11009 int line_match
= 0;
11011 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11012 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11013 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11014 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11015 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11016 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11017 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11020 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11029 found
.push_back (b
);
11033 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11034 if (found
.empty ())
11037 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11039 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11042 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11043 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11044 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11046 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11048 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11049 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11051 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11055 if (found
.size () > 1)
11056 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11059 if (found
.size () == 1)
11060 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11062 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11065 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11068 gdb_printf ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11069 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11075 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11076 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11077 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11080 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
11082 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11083 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11084 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11086 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11088 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11089 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11090 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11093 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11094 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11095 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11096 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11097 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11100 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11102 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11103 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11105 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11106 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11109 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11110 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11112 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11113 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11114 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11116 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11117 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11118 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11119 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11122 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11123 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11124 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11125 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11128 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11129 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11130 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11132 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11133 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11138 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11139 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11140 content of the bp_locations array. */
11143 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11145 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11146 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11148 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11150 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11152 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11155 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11156 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11158 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11159 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11160 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11161 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11163 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11165 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11166 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11167 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11168 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11172 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11175 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11177 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11179 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11181 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11183 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11184 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11186 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11187 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11188 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11191 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11193 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11194 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11196 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11199 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11202 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11204 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11205 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11206 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11207 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11210 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11212 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11215 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11217 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11218 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11219 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11220 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11224 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11227 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11229 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11230 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11231 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11232 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11234 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11235 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11236 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11237 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11238 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11240 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11241 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11242 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11243 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11244 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11245 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11246 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11247 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11250 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11251 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11252 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11256 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11258 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11261 address
= bl
->address
;
11262 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11264 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11265 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11266 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11268 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11269 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11272 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11273 the same program space as the location
11274 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11275 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11276 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11278 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11279 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11282 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11283 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11284 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11285 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11286 that have already been marked. */
11287 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11289 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11291 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11295 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11296 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11297 locations are duplicate of which.
11299 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11300 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11304 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11306 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11307 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11308 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11309 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11311 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11312 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11313 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11314 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11315 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11317 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11318 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11319 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11320 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11322 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11323 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11324 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11325 bp_locations
.clear ();
11327 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11328 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11329 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11331 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11332 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11333 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11334 depends on location type. */
11335 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11336 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11337 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11339 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11340 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11342 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11344 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11345 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11346 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11347 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11348 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11351 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11352 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11355 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11357 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11358 not, we have to free it. */
11359 int found_object
= 0;
11360 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11361 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11364 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11365 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11366 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11367 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11370 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11371 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11372 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11375 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11376 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11377 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11379 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11380 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11381 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11383 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11384 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11387 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11391 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11392 have to go through updates again. */
11393 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11395 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11397 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11399 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11400 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11401 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11402 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11403 at certain location is not inserted. */
11405 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11407 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11410 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11412 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11413 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11414 keep_in_target
= 1;
11418 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11419 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11420 remove its target-side condition. */
11422 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11423 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11424 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11425 this one from the target. */
11427 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11428 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11430 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11431 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11432 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11435 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11437 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11440 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11442 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11443 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11444 supported, but the latter are. */
11445 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11447 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11448 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11451 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11452 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11454 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11456 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11457 keep_in_target
= 1;
11465 if (!keep_in_target
)
11467 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11469 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11470 this location on the global list, and try to
11471 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11472 reason why we will succeed next time.
11474 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11475 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11476 only after calling us. */
11477 gdb_printf (_("warning: Error removing "
11478 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11479 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11487 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11488 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11490 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11491 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11492 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11493 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11494 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11495 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11496 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11497 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11498 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11499 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11500 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11501 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11502 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11503 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11506 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11507 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11509 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11510 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11511 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11512 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11513 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11514 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11515 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11516 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11517 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11518 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11519 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11520 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11521 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11524 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11525 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11526 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11527 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11529 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11530 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11531 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11532 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11533 traps we can no longer explain. */
11535 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11536 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11537 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11539 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11542 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11543 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11544 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11546 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11547 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11549 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11553 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11554 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11559 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11560 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11561 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11562 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11563 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11564 are sorted first for the same address.
11566 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11567 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11569 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11570 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11571 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11572 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11574 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11576 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11578 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11579 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11581 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11582 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11583 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11584 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11585 `struct bp_location'. */
11586 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11588 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11589 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11593 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11594 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11595 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11596 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11597 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11598 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11600 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11602 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11603 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11604 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11606 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11607 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11609 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11611 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11612 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11613 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11619 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11620 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11621 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11623 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11624 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11626 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11627 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11630 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11632 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11633 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11636 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11637 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11638 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11639 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11640 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11642 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11646 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11647 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11651 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11653 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11655 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11656 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11658 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11659 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11666 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11671 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11673 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11678 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11681 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11685 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11686 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11688 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11689 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11690 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11694 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11696 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11698 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11700 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11704 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11708 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11710 struct value_print_options opts
;
11712 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11714 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11716 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11718 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11719 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11720 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11721 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
11723 gdb_printf (_(" (%s) pending."),
11724 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11726 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
11728 gdb_printf (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11729 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11730 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11734 gdb_printf (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11735 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11736 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11741 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11742 gdb_printf (" at %ps",
11743 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11744 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11745 b
->loc
->address
)));
11746 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11748 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11750 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11752 const char *filename
11753 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
11754 gdb_printf (": file %ps, line %d.",
11755 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11757 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11760 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11761 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11762 real situation somewhat. */
11763 gdb_printf (": %s.",
11764 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11769 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11771 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11773 gdb_printf (" (%d locations)", n
);
11778 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11780 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations ()
11782 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11785 static struct bp_location
*
11786 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
11788 return new bp_location (self
);
11792 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11794 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11797 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11798 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11801 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11807 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11808 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11810 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11814 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11815 const address_space
*aspace
,
11817 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11819 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11823 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11828 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11832 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11834 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11837 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11841 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11846 static enum print_stop_action
11847 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
11849 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11853 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11854 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11860 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11866 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11868 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11872 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
11873 (struct event_location
*location
,
11874 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11875 enum bptype type_wanted
)
11877 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11881 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11882 struct linespec_result
*c
,
11883 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
11884 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
11885 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11886 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11888 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11889 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
11890 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11891 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
11893 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11896 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11897 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11898 struct event_location
*location
,
11899 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
11901 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11904 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
11907 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11912 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
11915 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
11917 /* Nothing to do. */
11920 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
11922 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
11923 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
11924 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
11925 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
11926 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
11927 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
11928 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
11929 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
11930 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
11932 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
11933 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
11934 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
11935 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
11936 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
11937 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
11938 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
11939 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
11942 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11945 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11947 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11948 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
11950 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11951 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11955 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11959 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11961 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11963 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11964 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11966 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11967 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11969 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11973 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11975 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11976 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11978 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11982 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11983 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11984 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11986 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11987 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11990 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11994 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11995 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11996 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12003 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12004 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12005 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
12007 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12008 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12010 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12011 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12012 be set at the same address. */
12016 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12020 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12022 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12027 static enum print_stop_action
12028 bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12031 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12033 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12035 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12038 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12040 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12041 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12042 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12045 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12046 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12048 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12050 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12051 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12052 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12055 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12056 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12058 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12059 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12061 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12065 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12067 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12072 case bp_breakpoint
:
12073 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12075 gdb_printf (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12077 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint"));
12078 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12079 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12080 gdb_printf (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12082 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12083 gdb_printf (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12086 gdb_printf (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12094 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12096 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12097 gdb_printf (fp
, "tbreak");
12098 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12099 gdb_printf (fp
, "break");
12100 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12101 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12102 gdb_printf (fp
, "thbreak");
12103 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12104 gdb_printf (fp
, "hbreak");
12106 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12107 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12109 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s",
12110 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12112 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12113 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12114 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12115 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12117 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12121 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12122 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12123 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12125 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12129 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12130 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12131 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12132 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12133 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12134 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12136 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12138 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12139 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12141 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12142 std::move (cond_string
),
12143 std::move (extra_string
),
12145 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12146 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12147 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12150 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12151 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12152 struct event_location
*location
,
12153 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12155 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12158 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12161 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12165 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12166 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12167 case bp_overlay_event
:
12168 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12169 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12170 case bp_exception_master
:
12171 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12174 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12175 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12176 case bp_shlib_event
:
12178 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12179 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12180 case bp_thread_event
:
12186 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12188 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12190 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12191 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12192 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12193 objects (among other things). */
12194 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12195 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12201 static enum print_stop_action
12202 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12204 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12206 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12210 case bp_shlib_event
:
12211 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12212 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12213 to shlib event" message.) */
12214 print_solib_event (0);
12217 case bp_thread_event
:
12218 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12219 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12220 gdb_printf (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12223 case bp_overlay_event
:
12224 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12225 gdb_printf (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12228 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12229 /* These should never be enabled. */
12230 gdb_printf (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12233 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12234 /* These should never be enabled. */
12235 gdb_printf (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12236 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12239 case bp_exception_master
:
12240 /* These should never be enabled. */
12241 gdb_printf (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12242 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12246 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12250 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12252 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12255 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12258 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12260 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12261 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12262 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12263 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12267 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12269 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12272 static enum print_stop_action
12273 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12275 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12279 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12281 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12284 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12286 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12287 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12289 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12291 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12294 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12297 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12300 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12302 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12306 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12308 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12315 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12316 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12318 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12319 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12321 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12325 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12326 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12327 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12329 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12331 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12333 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12334 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12337 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12338 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12339 struct event_location
*location
,
12340 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12342 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12344 error (_("probe not found"));
12348 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12351 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12353 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12357 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12358 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12359 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
12361 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12367 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12368 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12370 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12371 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12373 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12375 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12376 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12377 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12382 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12384 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12389 case bp_tracepoint
:
12390 gdb_printf (_("Tracepoint"));
12391 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12393 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12394 gdb_printf (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12395 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12397 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12398 gdb_printf (_("Static tracepoint"));
12399 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12402 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12403 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12410 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12412 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12414 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12415 gdb_printf (fp
, "ftrace");
12416 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12417 gdb_printf (fp
, "strace");
12418 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12419 gdb_printf (fp
, "trace");
12421 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12422 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12424 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s",
12425 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12426 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12428 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12429 gdb_printf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12433 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12434 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12435 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12437 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12441 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12442 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12443 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12444 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12445 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12446 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12448 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12449 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12450 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12451 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12453 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12454 std::move (cond_string
),
12455 std::move (extra_string
),
12457 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12458 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12459 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12462 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12463 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12464 struct event_location
*location
,
12465 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12467 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12470 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12472 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12475 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12476 (struct event_location
*location
,
12477 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12478 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12480 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12481 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12484 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12485 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12486 struct event_location
*location
,
12487 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12489 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12490 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12493 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12496 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12498 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12500 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12501 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12503 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12504 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12505 3 - disconnect from target 1
12506 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12508 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12509 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12510 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12511 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12512 it all the time. */
12513 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12514 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12517 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12520 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12522 gdb_printf (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12523 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12524 tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12525 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12528 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12531 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12532 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12533 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12534 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12535 address are all handled. */
12538 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12540 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12541 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12542 condition not be evaluated. */
12545 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12546 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12547 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12548 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12549 commands here throws. */
12550 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12551 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12552 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12555 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12559 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12560 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12561 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12563 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12564 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12566 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12567 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12569 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12570 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12571 canonical
->location
12572 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12575 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12576 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12580 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12581 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12582 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12583 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12584 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12585 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12587 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12588 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12589 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12590 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12592 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12594 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12595 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12596 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12597 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12598 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12599 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12601 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12603 event_location_up location
12604 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12606 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12607 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12608 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12609 std::move (cond_string
),
12610 std::move (extra_string
),
12611 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12612 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12613 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12614 canonical
->special_display
);
12615 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12616 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12617 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12618 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12619 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12620 corresponds to this one */
12621 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12623 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12627 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12628 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12629 struct event_location
*location
,
12630 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12632 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12633 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12635 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12636 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12638 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12643 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12646 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12649 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12651 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12654 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12658 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12660 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12662 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12663 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12666 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12667 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12668 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12669 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12670 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12673 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12674 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12675 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12676 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12678 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12681 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12682 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12683 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12685 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12686 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12688 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12689 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12690 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12691 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12695 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12697 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12698 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12699 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12700 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12701 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12704 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12705 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12706 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12707 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12709 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12711 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12712 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12714 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12715 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12717 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12721 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12723 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12724 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12725 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12726 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12727 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12728 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12729 commands won't work. */
12731 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12733 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12734 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12735 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12736 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12737 might be better design to have location completely
12738 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12741 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12742 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12743 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12747 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12748 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12751 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12752 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12754 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12759 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12761 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12762 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12764 if (next
== related
)
12766 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12767 function (related
);
12769 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12770 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12775 function (related
);
12779 while (related
!= b
);
12783 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12789 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12791 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12792 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12793 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12794 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12795 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12797 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12801 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12803 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12804 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12805 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12809 map_breakpoint_numbers
12810 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12812 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12816 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12817 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12821 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12823 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12824 if ((pspace
== NULL
12825 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12826 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12827 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12832 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12833 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12834 Null names are ignored. */
12837 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12839 struct bp_location
*l
;
12840 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12843 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12846 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12848 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12852 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12854 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12864 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12865 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12866 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12867 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12868 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12869 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12870 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12871 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12874 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12875 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12876 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12877 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12878 in the sources, and output a warning.
12880 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12881 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12882 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12883 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12884 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12887 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12888 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12889 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12890 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12891 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12892 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12893 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12894 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12895 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12897 static struct symtab_and_line
12898 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12900 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12901 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12906 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12908 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12910 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12911 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12912 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12913 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12915 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12920 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12922 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12924 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12925 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12927 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12928 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12929 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12931 if (!markers
.empty ())
12933 struct symbol
*sym
;
12934 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12935 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12936 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
12938 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12940 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12942 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12943 "found at previous line number"),
12944 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12946 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12947 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12948 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12951 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12952 function_name_style
.style ());
12953 uiout
->text (" at ");
12955 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12956 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12957 file_name_style
.style ());
12960 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12962 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12964 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12967 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12968 uiout
->text ("\n");
12970 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12971 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12973 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
12974 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12975 explicit_loc
.source_filename
12976 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12977 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12978 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12979 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12981 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12988 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12989 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12992 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12996 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12999 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13002 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13005 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13012 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13018 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13019 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13020 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13022 static struct bp_location
*
13023 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13025 struct bp_location head
;
13026 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13027 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13028 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13030 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13041 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13056 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13057 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13058 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13059 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13063 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13064 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13065 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13066 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13068 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13070 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13072 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13074 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13075 gdb_printf (gdb_stderr
,
13076 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13077 "multiple locations found\n"),
13082 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13083 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13084 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13085 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13086 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13087 individual locations. */
13088 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13091 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13093 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13095 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13097 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13099 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13101 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13103 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13107 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
13110 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13111 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13114 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13116 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13120 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13122 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13124 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13128 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13131 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13132 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13133 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13134 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13135 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13136 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13137 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13139 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13141 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13143 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13145 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13147 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13148 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13149 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13150 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13151 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13152 practice should give the correct answer often
13154 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13156 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13157 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13164 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13165 if (l
->function_name
13166 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
13167 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
13169 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13170 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13178 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13179 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13182 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13183 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13185 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13186 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13187 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13189 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13191 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13193 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13197 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13199 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13201 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13203 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13204 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13205 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13206 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13207 state, then user already saw the message about that
13208 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13210 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13211 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13213 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13214 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13215 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13216 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13217 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13218 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13220 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13222 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13223 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13224 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13225 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13226 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13227 which approach is better. */
13228 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13232 exception
= std::move (e
);
13235 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13237 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13238 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13239 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13241 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
, extra_string
;
13244 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
.get (),
13245 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13246 &task
, &extra_string
);
13247 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13249 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
13250 b
->thread
= thread
;
13253 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
13254 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13257 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13258 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13268 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13269 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13273 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13275 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13276 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13279 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13280 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13282 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13284 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13286 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13287 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13288 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13290 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13293 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13296 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13297 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13300 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13301 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13302 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13304 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13307 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13308 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13312 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13313 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13314 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13315 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13316 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13317 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13319 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13320 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13321 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13322 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13324 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13325 std::move (cond_string
),
13326 std::move (extra_string
),
13327 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13328 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13329 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13332 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13333 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13335 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13336 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13337 struct event_location
*location
,
13338 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13340 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13342 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13343 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13346 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13347 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13349 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13351 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13352 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13357 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13360 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13362 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13363 set_language (b
->language
);
13365 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13368 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13369 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13372 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13375 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13376 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13377 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13379 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13380 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13381 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13382 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13383 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13384 we select the current frame.
13386 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13387 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13388 have been reset. */
13389 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13390 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13392 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13393 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13394 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13395 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13397 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13401 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13403 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13405 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13406 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13411 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13414 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13415 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13416 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13417 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13419 /* Now we can insert. */
13420 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13423 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13425 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13426 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13428 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13430 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13432 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13434 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13435 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13436 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13438 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13442 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13443 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13444 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13447 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13452 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13453 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13455 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13457 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13458 gdb_printf (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13463 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13467 gdb_printf (_("Will stop next time "
13468 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13470 else if (count
== 1)
13471 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13474 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next %d "
13475 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13478 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13482 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13485 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13488 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13490 const char *p
= args
;
13494 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13496 num
= get_number (&p
);
13498 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13500 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13502 set_ignore_count (num
,
13503 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13510 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13511 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13514 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13515 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13517 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13519 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13520 bp_num_range
.first
);
13524 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13526 bool match
= false;
13528 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13529 if (b
->number
== i
)
13536 gdb_printf (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13541 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13545 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13546 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13548 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13549 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13551 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13553 while (!parser
.finished ())
13555 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13556 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13560 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13561 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13563 static struct bp_location
*
13564 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13566 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
13568 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13569 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13572 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13575 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13576 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13579 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13582 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13583 enum class extract_bp_kind
13585 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13588 /* Extracting a location number. */
13592 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13593 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13594 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13595 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13596 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13599 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13600 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13602 const char *end
= start
;
13603 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13605 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13606 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13607 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13608 int (end
- start
), start
);
13610 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13611 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13612 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13613 int (end
- start
), start
);
13615 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13620 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13621 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13622 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13623 are always positive integers. */
13625 static std::pair
<int, int>
13626 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13627 const std::string
&arg
,
13628 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13630 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13631 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13632 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13633 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13635 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13636 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13637 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13638 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13639 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13643 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13644 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13645 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13646 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13648 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13649 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13650 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13651 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13652 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13656 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13657 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13658 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13663 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13664 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13667 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13669 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13670 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13671 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13672 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13673 location number range.
13677 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13678 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13679 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13681 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13683 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13685 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13687 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13688 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13691 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13692 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13694 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13699 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13701 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13702 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13703 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13707 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13708 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13711 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13713 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13716 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13717 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13718 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13720 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13722 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13723 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13725 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13726 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13727 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13728 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13730 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13732 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13735 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13736 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13737 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13738 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13742 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13743 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13746 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13747 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13750 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13751 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13752 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13755 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13757 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13758 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13759 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13760 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13763 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13765 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13766 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13768 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13769 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13771 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13772 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13775 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13777 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13780 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13781 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13782 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13783 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13786 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13790 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13791 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13794 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13796 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13801 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13803 while (!num
.empty ())
13805 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13807 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13809 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13810 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
13812 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
13813 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13815 ? enable_breakpoint
13816 : disable_breakpoint
);
13820 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13822 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13823 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13825 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13830 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13831 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13832 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13833 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13836 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13838 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13842 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13845 int target_resources_ok
;
13847 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13850 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13851 target_resources_ok
=
13852 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13854 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13855 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13856 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13857 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13860 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13862 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13863 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13869 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13870 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13871 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
13873 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
13875 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13876 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13882 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13884 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13885 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13887 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13888 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13890 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13891 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13894 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13895 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13898 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13903 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13905 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13908 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13909 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13910 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13911 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13914 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13916 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13920 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13922 map_breakpoint_numbers
13923 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13925 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13926 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13928 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13934 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13939 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13941 count
= get_number (&args
);
13943 map_breakpoint_numbers
13944 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13946 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13947 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13949 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13955 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13957 map_breakpoint_numbers
13958 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13960 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13961 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13963 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13968 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13969 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13973 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13974 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13975 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13977 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13978 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13979 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13981 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13983 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13985 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13986 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13987 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13988 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13991 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13997 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14000 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14001 const address_space
*aspace
,
14004 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14005 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14006 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14008 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14010 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14011 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14014 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14016 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14017 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14018 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14020 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14023 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14026 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14028 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14029 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14031 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14033 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14035 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14036 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14038 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14039 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14047 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14050 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14051 const address_space
*aspace
,
14054 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14056 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14062 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14066 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14069 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14071 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14072 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14078 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14080 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14082 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14084 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14085 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14089 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14091 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14093 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14094 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14096 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14098 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14100 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14101 0 /* Ignore count */,
14102 pending_break_support
,
14106 0 /* internal */, 0);
14110 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14112 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14114 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14116 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14118 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14119 0 /* Ignore count */,
14120 pending_break_support
,
14121 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14124 0 /* internal */, 0);
14127 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14130 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14132 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14133 event_location_up location
;
14135 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14136 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14137 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14139 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14140 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14144 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14145 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14148 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14150 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14152 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14153 0 /* Ignore count */,
14154 pending_break_support
,
14158 0 /* internal */, 0);
14161 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14162 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14164 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14165 static int next_cmd
;
14168 read_uploaded_action (void)
14170 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14172 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14174 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14181 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14182 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14183 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14184 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14185 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14187 struct tracepoint
*
14188 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14190 const char *addr_str
;
14191 char small_buf
[100];
14192 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14194 if (utp
->at_string
)
14195 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14198 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14199 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14200 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14202 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14203 "source location, using raw address"),
14205 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14206 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14209 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14210 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14211 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14212 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14215 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14217 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14219 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14220 false /* force_condition */,
14221 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14223 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14224 0 /* Ignore count */,
14225 pending_break_support
,
14226 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14228 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14230 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14233 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14234 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14235 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14239 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14242 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14245 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14246 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14247 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14249 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14251 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14256 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14258 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14260 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14261 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14262 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14263 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14266 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14267 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14268 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14273 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14277 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14279 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14282 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14284 if (num_printed
== 0)
14286 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14287 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14289 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14292 default_collect_info ();
14295 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14296 Not supported by all targets. */
14298 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14300 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14303 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14304 Not supported by all targets. */
14306 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14308 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14311 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14313 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14319 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14321 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14322 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14323 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14325 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14326 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14328 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14332 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14334 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14336 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14337 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14338 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14342 map_breakpoint_numbers
14343 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14345 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14349 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14352 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14354 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14355 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14357 gdb_printf (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14358 tp
->number
, count
);
14361 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14363 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14364 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14365 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14368 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14370 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14373 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14374 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14375 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14377 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14379 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14380 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14382 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14384 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14386 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14388 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14389 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14392 else if (*args
== '\0')
14394 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14396 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14400 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14401 while (!parser
.finished ())
14403 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14405 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14410 struct tracepoint
*
14411 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14413 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14414 if (t
->number
== num
)
14415 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14420 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14421 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14424 struct tracepoint
*
14425 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14427 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14429 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14431 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14438 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14439 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14440 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14441 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14443 struct tracepoint
*
14444 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14445 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14448 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14450 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14452 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14453 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14455 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14456 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14458 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14462 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14463 gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14466 gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14470 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14471 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14472 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14474 gdb_printf ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14479 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14481 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14482 gdb_printf (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14485 gdb_printf (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14487 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
14490 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14491 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14492 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14496 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14497 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14500 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14502 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14503 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14505 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14506 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14508 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14509 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14512 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14513 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14518 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14520 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14522 /* We can stop searching. */
14529 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14533 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14537 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14538 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14539 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14541 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14542 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14544 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14546 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14547 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14550 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14551 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14554 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14556 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14557 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14560 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14561 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14563 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14564 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14566 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14568 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14570 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
14573 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14575 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14577 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14581 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14582 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14585 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14586 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14588 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14589 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14590 special, and not user visible. */
14591 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14595 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14598 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14605 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14606 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14609 gdb_printf (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14612 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14615 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14617 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14620 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14623 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14625 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14629 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14630 locations used by several commands. */
14632 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
14633 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14634 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14635 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14636 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14637 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14639 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14640 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14641 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14643 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14644 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14645 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14646 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14647 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14649 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14650 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14651 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14652 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14653 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14654 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14656 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14657 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14658 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14661 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14662 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14663 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14664 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14665 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14666 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14667 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14668 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14671 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14672 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14674 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14675 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14677 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14678 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14679 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14680 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14681 conditions are different.\n\
14683 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14685 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14686 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14688 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14689 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14692 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14693 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14694 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14695 void *user_data_catch
,
14696 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14698 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14700 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14702 command
->func
= func
;
14703 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14704 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14706 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14708 command
->func
= func
;
14709 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14710 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14713 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14714 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14717 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14719 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14720 non-inline function. */
14721 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
14727 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14728 have been inlined. */
14731 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14732 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14734 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14736 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14739 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14741 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14742 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14750 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14753 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14755 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14756 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile () == objfile
)
14757 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14761 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14763 static int initialized
= 0;
14765 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14771 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14772 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14773 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14774 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14775 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14776 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14777 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
14778 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
14779 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
14780 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
14781 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14782 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
14784 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14785 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14786 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14787 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14788 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14789 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14790 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14791 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
14793 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14794 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
14795 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14796 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
14797 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
14798 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
14799 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
14800 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
14801 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
14802 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
14804 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14805 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
14806 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14807 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
14808 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
14809 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
14810 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
14812 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14813 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
14814 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14815 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
14816 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
14817 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
14818 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
14820 /* Probe breakpoints. */
14821 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14822 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14823 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
14824 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
14825 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14826 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
14829 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14830 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14831 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
14832 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
14833 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
14834 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
14835 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
14836 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
14837 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
14838 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
14839 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
14840 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
14841 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
14843 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14844 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14845 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14846 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
14847 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
14848 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
14849 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
14850 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
14851 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
14852 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
14853 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
14856 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14857 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14858 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
14859 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
14860 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
14861 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
14862 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
14863 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
14864 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14865 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
14867 /* Probe tracepoints. */
14868 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14869 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14870 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14871 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
14873 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14874 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14875 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14876 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
14877 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14878 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
14880 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14881 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
14882 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14883 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
14884 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
14885 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
14886 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
14887 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
14888 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
14889 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
14890 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
14892 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
14893 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14894 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
14895 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14896 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14897 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14898 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
14899 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
14900 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
14903 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14905 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14907 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14909 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14911 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14913 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14915 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14917 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14919 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14921 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14923 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14926 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14927 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14928 before a breakpoint is set. */
14929 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14931 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14933 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14934 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14935 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14937 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14938 commands_command
, _("\
14939 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14940 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14941 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14943 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14944 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14945 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14946 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14947 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14949 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14950 static std::string condition_command_help
14951 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14952 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14953 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14954 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14957 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14959 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14960 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14961 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14963 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14964 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14965 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14966 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14967 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14969 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14970 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14972 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14973 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14974 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14975 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14977 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14978 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14980 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14981 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14982 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14983 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14985 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14986 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14988 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14989 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14990 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14991 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14992 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14993 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14994 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14995 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14996 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14998 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15000 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15001 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15002 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15003 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15004 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15005 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15006 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
15008 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15009 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15010 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15011 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15014 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15015 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15016 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15017 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15020 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15021 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15022 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15023 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15024 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15027 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15028 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15029 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15030 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15033 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15034 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15035 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15036 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15039 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15040 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15041 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15042 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15043 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15046 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
15047 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15048 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15049 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15050 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15051 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15052 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15053 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15054 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15055 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15057 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15058 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15059 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15060 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15061 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15062 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15063 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15066 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
15067 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15068 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15069 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15070 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15071 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15073 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15074 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15075 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15076 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15078 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15079 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15080 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15081 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15082 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15083 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15086 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15087 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15088 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15089 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15091 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15092 is executing in.\n"
15093 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15094 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15095 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15097 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15098 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15099 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15100 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15101 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15103 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15104 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15105 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15106 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15110 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15111 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15112 &stoplist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15113 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15114 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15115 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15116 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15117 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15118 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15119 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15120 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15121 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15122 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15123 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15124 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15125 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15127 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15128 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15129 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15130 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15131 breakpoint set."));
15134 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15135 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15136 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15137 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15138 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15139 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15140 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15141 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15142 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15143 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15145 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15146 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15147 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15148 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15149 breakpoint set."));
15151 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15153 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15154 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15155 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15156 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15157 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15158 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15159 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15160 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15161 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15162 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15163 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15164 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15165 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15167 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15168 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15169 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15170 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15172 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15174 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15175 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15177 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15179 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15180 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15182 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15184 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15185 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15186 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15187 catch_load_command_1
,
15191 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15192 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15193 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15194 catch_unload_command_1
,
15199 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15201 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15202 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15203 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15208 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15209 an expression changes."), opts
);
15210 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15211 watch_help
.c_str ());
15212 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15214 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15215 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15216 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15221 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15222 an expression is read."), opts
);
15223 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15224 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15225 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15227 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15228 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15229 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15234 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15235 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15236 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15237 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15238 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15240 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15241 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15243 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15244 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15245 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15246 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15247 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15248 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15249 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15250 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15251 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15254 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15255 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15257 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15259 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15261 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15262 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15263 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15265 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15266 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15267 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15269 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15270 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15271 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15272 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15274 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15275 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15277 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15278 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15279 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15281 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15282 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15284 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15285 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15286 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15287 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15288 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15289 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15290 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15291 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15292 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15294 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15295 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15296 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15297 conditions are different.\n\
15299 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15300 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15301 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15303 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15304 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15305 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15306 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15307 last tracepoint set."));
15309 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15311 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15312 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15313 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15314 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15315 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15317 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15319 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15320 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15321 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15322 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15324 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15326 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15327 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15328 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15329 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15331 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15333 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15334 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15335 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15336 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15337 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15339 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15340 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15342 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15344 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15345 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15346 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15347 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15348 session to restore them."),
15350 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15352 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15353 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15354 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15355 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15357 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15359 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15360 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15362 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
15364 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15365 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15366 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15368 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15369 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15370 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15371 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15372 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15374 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15375 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15376 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15377 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15378 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15379 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15380 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15381 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15383 show_pending_break_support
,
15384 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15385 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15387 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15389 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15390 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15391 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15392 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15393 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15394 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15395 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15397 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15398 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15399 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15401 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15402 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15403 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15404 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15405 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15406 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15407 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15408 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15409 when execution stops."),
15411 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15412 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15413 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15415 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15416 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15417 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15418 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15419 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15420 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15421 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15422 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15423 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15424 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15425 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15426 be set to \"host\"."),
15427 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15428 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15429 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15430 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15432 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15433 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15434 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15435 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15436 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15437 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15438 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15439 or the start of the range\n\
15440 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15441 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15442 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15444 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15445 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15446 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15448 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15449 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15450 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15451 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15452 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15453 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15455 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15456 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15457 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15458 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15459 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15460 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15461 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15462 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15463 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15464 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15465 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15466 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15468 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15469 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15470 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15471 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15472 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15473 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15475 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15476 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15477 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15478 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15479 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15480 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15482 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15483 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15484 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15485 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15486 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15487 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15490 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15492 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15493 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
15494 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
15495 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
15496 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15498 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
15500 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
15502 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,